1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
103 struct linespec_result *canonical,
104 enum bptype type_wanted);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
107 struct linespec_result *,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
118 struct program_space *search_pspace);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
128 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
129 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
134 struct symtab_and_line,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138 static struct breakpoint *
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
155 struct bp_location *loc2);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
158 const struct address_space *aspace,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
162 const address_space *,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
168 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
176 int *other_type_used);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
185 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
236 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
303 struct command_line *
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
332 struct cmd_list_element *c,
335 fprintf_filtered (file,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
348 struct cmd_list_element *c,
351 fprintf_filtered (file,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
364 struct cmd_list_element *c,
367 fprintf_filtered (file,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
385 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution)
403 struct thread_info *tp;
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
883 innermost_block.reset ();
885 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
892 struct bp_location *loc;
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
899 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
914 completion_tracker &tracker,
915 const char *text, const char *word)
919 text = skip_spaces (text);
920 space = skip_to_space (text);
924 struct breakpoint *b;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1014 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1042 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1043 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1050 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1068 b = new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1070 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b = new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1083 struct command_line *commands)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1088 struct command_line *c;
1089 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1108 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1110 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1128 struct command_line *c2;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1131 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1132 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1134 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1151 struct breakpoint *b;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1153 struct bp_location *loc;
1156 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1159 if (loc->address == addr)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1171 counted_command_line &&commands)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1175 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1186 int old_silent = b->silent;
1189 if (old_silent != silent)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1199 int old_thread = b->thread;
1202 if (old_thread != thread)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1212 int old_task = b->task;
1215 if (old_task != task)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1220 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1221 struct command_line *control)
1223 counted_command_line cmd;
1225 std::string new_arg;
1227 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1229 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1230 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1232 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1233 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1234 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1237 map_breakpoint_numbers
1238 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1242 if (control != NULL)
1243 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1253 validate_actionline (line, b);
1255 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1257 validator = do_validate;
1259 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1263 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1265 if (b->commands != cmd)
1267 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1275 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1277 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1280 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1281 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1283 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1284 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1285 enum command_control_type
1286 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1289 return simple_control;
1292 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1295 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1297 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1301 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1302 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1307 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1308 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1311 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1312 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1313 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1316 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1317 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1318 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1319 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1320 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1322 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1323 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1327 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1328 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1330 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1334 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1336 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1337 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1339 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1346 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1353 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1354 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1356 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1358 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1362 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1364 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1365 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1368 if (readbuf != NULL)
1370 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1371 shadow_contents buffer. */
1372 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1373 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1374 + target_info->shadow_len));
1376 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1378 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1379 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1383 const unsigned char *bp;
1384 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1387 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1388 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1389 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1391 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1393 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1395 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1396 breakpoint's INSN. */
1397 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1401 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1402 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1404 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1406 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1408 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1409 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1410 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1411 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1412 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1413 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1414 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1415 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1417 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1420 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1421 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1422 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1424 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1426 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1428 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1429 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1430 report higher one. */
1433 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1434 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1436 struct bp_location *bl;
1438 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1439 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1441 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1442 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1443 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1444 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1446 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1447 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1448 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1450 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1460 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1461 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1462 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1463 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1466 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1468 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1469 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1470 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1473 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1476 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1478 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1480 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1482 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1483 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1484 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1487 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1490 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1491 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1492 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1495 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1498 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1499 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1509 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1511 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1512 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1513 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1516 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1519 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1521 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1522 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1523 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1526 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1530 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1532 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1533 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1536 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1537 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1538 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1539 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1540 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1541 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1542 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1543 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1546 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1548 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1549 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1550 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1551 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1554 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1555 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1560 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1562 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1563 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1564 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1565 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1566 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1568 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1571 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1574 static struct value *
1575 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1577 struct value *bit_val;
1582 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1584 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1587 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1594 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1595 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1596 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1597 to be able to report stops. */
1600 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1601 struct program_space *pspace)
1603 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1605 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1606 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1607 b->loc->address = -1;
1608 b->loc->length = -1;
1611 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1612 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1615 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1617 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1619 && b->loc->next == NULL
1620 && b->loc->address == -1
1621 && b->loc->length == -1);
1624 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1625 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1626 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1627 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1629 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1631 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1632 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1635 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1636 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1637 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1638 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1639 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1640 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1641 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1642 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1644 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1645 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1646 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1647 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1648 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1649 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1650 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1651 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1654 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1655 hardware watchpoints:
1657 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1658 called several times when GDB stops.
1661 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1662 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1663 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1664 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1665 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1666 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1667 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1668 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1669 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1670 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1671 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1673 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1674 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1677 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1679 int within_current_scope;
1680 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1683 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1684 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1685 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1686 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1689 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1694 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1695 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1696 within_current_scope = 1;
1699 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1700 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1703 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1704 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1705 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1706 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1707 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1710 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1711 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1712 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1713 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1716 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1718 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1719 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1720 if (within_current_scope)
1724 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1725 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1726 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1729 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1734 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1735 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1736 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1737 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1738 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1739 be completely different objects. */
1743 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1744 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1745 locations (re)created below. */
1746 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1748 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1751 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1755 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1756 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1757 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1758 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1759 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1760 if (!target_has_execution)
1762 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1763 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1764 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1765 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1767 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1768 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1770 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1771 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1774 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1777 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1778 struct value *v, *result, *next;
1779 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1781 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1783 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1784 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1785 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1786 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1787 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1789 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1791 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1792 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1793 b->val = release_value (v);
1797 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1799 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1800 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1801 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1805 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1806 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1807 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1808 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1809 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1810 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1811 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1813 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1815 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1816 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1817 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1819 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1820 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1823 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1824 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1825 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1827 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1829 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1831 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1832 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1834 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1836 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1837 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1838 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1839 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1840 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1843 addr = value_address (v);
1846 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1851 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1853 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1857 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1862 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1863 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1867 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1868 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1871 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1873 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1886 struct bp_location *bl;
1888 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1909 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1925 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1927 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1929 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1960 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1962 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1963 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1966 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1967 above left it without any location set up. But,
1968 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1969 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1970 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1971 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1973 else if (!within_current_scope)
1975 printf_filtered (_("\
1976 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1977 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1989 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1990 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1991 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1992 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1996 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2009 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2010 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2011 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2012 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2013 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2014 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2015 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2016 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2020 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2021 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2023 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2024 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2025 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2027 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2028 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2029 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2030 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2031 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2032 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2033 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2034 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2035 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2039 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2040 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2041 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2042 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2047 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2048 instruction that triggered one. */
2049 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2050 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2055 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2056 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2057 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2066 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2067 that the location is not duplicated. */
2070 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2073 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2076 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2077 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2081 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2082 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2083 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2084 any error during parsing. */
2086 static agent_expr_up
2087 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2092 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2094 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2095 that may show up. */
2098 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2101 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2103 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2104 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2105 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2122 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2124 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2125 struct bp_location *loc;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2186 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2198 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2199 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2218 const char *cmdrest;
2219 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2220 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2229 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2231 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start = cmdrest;
2236 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2238 format_end = cmdrest;
2240 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2250 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2255 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2260 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2261 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2274 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2275 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2277 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2285 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2289 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2290 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2291 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2294 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2296 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2297 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2298 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2299 struct bp_location *loc;
2301 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2302 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2308 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2311 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2312 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2313 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2319 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2320 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2324 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2325 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2326 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2327 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2328 response back to GDB. */
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2336 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2337 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2338 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2339 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2341 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2342 loc->owner->extra_string);
2345 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2346 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2347 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2349 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2355 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2357 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2362 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2363 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2365 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2367 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2370 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2375 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2376 for this location's address. */
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2380 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2381 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2382 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2383 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2386 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2387 to send the commands to the target. */
2388 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2392 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2393 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2394 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2395 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2398 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2399 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2400 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2404 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2406 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2408 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2409 struct regcache *regcache;
2411 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr->ptid);
2413 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2420 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2421 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2422 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2423 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2426 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2427 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2429 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2430 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2431 int *disabled_breaks,
2432 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2433 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2435 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2437 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2440 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2442 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2443 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2444 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2445 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2446 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2447 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2448 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2449 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2450 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2451 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2453 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2454 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2455 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2456 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2458 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2460 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2461 build_target_command_list (bl);
2462 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2463 bl->needs_update = 0;
2466 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2469 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2471 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2472 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2473 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2475 Two important cases are:
2476 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2477 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2478 hardware breakpoint.
2479 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2480 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2481 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2484 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2485 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2486 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2487 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2489 struct mem_region *mr
2490 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2494 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2496 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2498 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2499 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2501 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2503 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2505 static int said = 0;
2507 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2510 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2511 _("Note: automatically using "
2512 "hardware breakpoints for "
2513 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2518 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2519 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2523 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2524 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2526 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2534 || bl->section == NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2542 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2544 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2546 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2554 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2555 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2556 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2558 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2559 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2560 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2561 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2562 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2566 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2568 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2569 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2570 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2572 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2577 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2578 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2579 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2580 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2581 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2584 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2586 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2592 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2609 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2611 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2619 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2620 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2625 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2627 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2629 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2630 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2631 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2632 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2633 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2634 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2635 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2636 errors as memory errors. */
2637 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2638 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2639 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2640 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2641 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2642 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2645 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2646 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2647 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2648 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2650 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2651 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2654 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2655 "library breakpoints:\n");
2657 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2659 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2664 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2666 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2667 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2669 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2671 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2672 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2678 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2681 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2682 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2707 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2708 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2709 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2710 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2714 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2715 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2717 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2719 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2720 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2721 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2723 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2725 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2726 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2730 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2731 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2735 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2736 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2743 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2747 /* Back to the original value. */
2748 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2752 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2755 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2759 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2760 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2762 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2765 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2769 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2770 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2772 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2775 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2777 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2778 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2779 so just return success. */
2786 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2787 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2791 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2794 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2796 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2799 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2800 delete_breakpoint (b);
2803 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2804 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2807 struct bp_location *tmp;
2809 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2811 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2812 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2813 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2815 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2816 if (tmp->next == loc)
2818 tmp->next = loc->next;
2824 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2825 removed locations above. */
2826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2829 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2830 Throws exception on any error.
2831 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2832 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2834 insert_breakpoints (void)
2836 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2839 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2841 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2843 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2846 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2847 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2848 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2852 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2855 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2857 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2861 callback (loc, NULL);
2865 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2866 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2867 always-inserted mode. */
2870 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2872 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2875 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2876 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2877 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2879 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2881 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2882 there was an error. */
2883 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2889 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2891 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2894 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2895 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2896 deletion of breakpoints. */
2897 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2902 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2903 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2904 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2905 insert breakpoints. */
2906 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2907 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2910 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2911 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2918 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2923 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2926 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2932 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2933 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2934 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2936 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2938 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2939 there was an error. */
2940 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2942 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2949 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2950 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2951 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2952 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2953 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2956 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2958 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2959 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2960 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2961 insert breakpoints. */
2962 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2963 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2966 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2967 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2972 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2973 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2976 int some_failed = 0;
2977 struct bp_location *loc;
2979 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2985 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2988 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2989 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2996 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2998 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3000 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3001 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3002 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3010 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3011 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3012 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3014 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3017 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3022 /* Used when the program stops.
3023 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3024 removing a breakpoint location. */
3027 remove_breakpoints (void)
3029 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3034 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3035 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3040 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3044 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3046 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3050 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3052 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3054 printf_filtered (_("\
3055 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3056 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3058 /* Hide it from the user. */
3064 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3067 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3069 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3075 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3078 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3080 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3088 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3090 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3091 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3092 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3093 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3094 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3095 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3097 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3100 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3103 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3104 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3108 static struct breakpoint *
3109 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3110 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3111 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3113 symtab_and_line sal;
3115 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3116 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3118 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3119 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3120 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3125 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3127 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3129 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3131 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3134 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3135 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3137 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3140 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3141 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3143 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3145 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3147 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3148 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3150 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3151 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3153 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3154 int exception_searched = 0;
3156 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3158 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3161 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3163 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3164 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3166 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3169 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3171 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3174 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3175 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3177 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3178 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3180 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3182 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3183 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3184 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3186 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3187 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3189 return bp_objfile_data;
3193 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3195 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3196 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3198 delete bp_objfile_data;
3202 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3204 struct objfile *objfile;
3205 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3207 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3209 struct breakpoint *b;
3210 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3212 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3214 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3216 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3219 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3223 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3224 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3226 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3227 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3230 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3233 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3234 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3236 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3237 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3238 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3239 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3241 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3243 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3244 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3248 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3249 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3255 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3257 struct program_space *pspace;
3259 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3261 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3263 struct objfile *objfile;
3265 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3267 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3270 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3271 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3273 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3275 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3277 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3279 std::vector<probe *> ret
3280 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3284 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3287 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3289 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3290 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3295 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3298 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3300 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3302 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3304 struct breakpoint *b;
3306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3307 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3310 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3317 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3320 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3322 struct breakpoint *b;
3323 const char *func_name;
3325 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3327 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3330 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3331 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3335 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3336 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3338 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3339 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3342 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3345 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3346 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3347 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3348 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3349 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3350 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3351 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3357 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3361 struct program_space *pspace;
3362 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3364 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3366 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3368 struct objfile *objfile;
3371 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3373 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3375 struct breakpoint *b;
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3377 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3379 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3381 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3384 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3388 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3389 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3390 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3392 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3393 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3396 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3399 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3400 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3401 bp_std_terminate_master,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3403 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3404 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3405 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3406 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3411 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3414 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 struct objfile *objfile;
3417 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3419 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3421 struct breakpoint *b;
3422 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3425 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3427 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3429 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3430 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3432 std::vector<probe *> ret
3433 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3437 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3440 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3442 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3443 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3447 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3448 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3451 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3453 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3455 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3457 struct breakpoint *b;
3459 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3460 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3461 bp_exception_master,
3462 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3463 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3470 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3472 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3475 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3477 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3481 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3482 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3484 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3488 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3491 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3492 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr, target_stack);
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3495 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3496 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3497 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3498 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3502 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3505 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3507 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3511 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3513 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3514 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3516 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3517 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3518 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3519 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3520 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3521 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3522 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3523 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3524 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3525 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3526 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3530 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3533 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3534 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3536 delete_breakpoint (b);
3540 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3541 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b);
3547 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3548 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3549 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3550 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3551 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3553 delete_breakpoint (b);
3557 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3558 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3560 delete_breakpoint (b);
3564 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3565 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3567 delete_breakpoint (b);
3571 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3573 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3574 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3575 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3577 delete_breakpoint (b);
3581 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3583 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3584 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3585 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3586 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3590 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3591 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3592 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3593 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3594 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3595 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3597 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3598 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3599 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3600 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3601 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3602 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3603 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3605 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3606 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3607 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3608 let finish_command delete it.
3610 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3611 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3612 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3613 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3614 solib breakpoints.) */
3616 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3621 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3622 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3624 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3626 delete_breakpoint (b);
3633 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3635 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3637 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3638 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3640 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3641 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3643 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3644 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3645 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3647 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3650 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3651 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3652 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3653 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3654 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3655 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3660 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3666 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3667 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3668 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3669 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3670 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3673 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3677 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3678 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3680 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3681 This should not ever happen. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3684 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3685 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3687 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3688 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3689 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3691 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3692 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3693 || bl->section == NULL
3694 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3696 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3698 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3699 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3700 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3701 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3702 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3703 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3704 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3705 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3706 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3707 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3708 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3709 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3710 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3711 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3712 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3713 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3714 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3715 they should always be removed. */
3716 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3717 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3718 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3721 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3725 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3726 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3727 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3729 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3730 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3732 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3733 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3734 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3735 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3736 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3738 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3739 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3742 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3743 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3746 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3747 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3748 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3749 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3751 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3752 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3753 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3754 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3755 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3756 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3762 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3767 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3768 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3769 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3770 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3771 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3772 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3773 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3774 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3775 always-inserted mode. */
3777 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3778 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3779 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3786 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3788 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3790 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3791 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3793 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3794 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3796 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3797 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3798 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3801 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3802 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3805 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3806 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3808 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3812 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3819 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3821 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3822 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3824 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3825 This should not ever happen. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3828 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3830 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3832 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3843 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3862 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3863 struct bp_location *bl;
3865 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3867 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3869 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3872 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3876 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3882 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3884 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3885 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3888 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3890 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3892 case bp_shlib_event:
3894 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3895 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3896 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3897 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3898 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3900 (gdb) file prog-linux
3901 (gdb) run # native linux target
3904 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3905 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3908 case bp_step_resume:
3910 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3912 case bp_single_step:
3914 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3916 delete_breakpoint (b);
3920 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3921 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3922 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3926 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3927 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3928 delete_breakpoint (b);
3931 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3932 valid. New ones will be created in
3933 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3934 The next update_global_location_list call will
3935 garbage collect them. */
3938 if (context == inf_starting)
3940 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3941 insert_breakpoints. */
3942 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3953 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3955 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3956 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3959 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3960 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3961 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3962 match, not program space. */
3964 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3965 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3966 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3967 permanent breakpoint.
3968 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3969 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3970 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3971 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3972 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3974 enum breakpoint_here
3975 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3977 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3978 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3982 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3983 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3986 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3987 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3989 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3991 if (overlay_debugging
3992 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3993 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3994 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3995 else if (bl->permanent)
3996 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3998 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4002 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4005 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4008 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4009 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4011 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4013 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4015 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4016 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4019 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4021 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4024 if (overlay_debugging
4025 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4026 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4039 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4042 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4044 struct bp_location *loc;
4047 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4048 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4054 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4058 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4059 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4062 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4068 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4075 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4078 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4080 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4084 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4086 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4087 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4090 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4100 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4103 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4107 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4109 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4112 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4119 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4122 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4125 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4129 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4131 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4134 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4142 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4143 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4145 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4147 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4149 struct bp_location *loc;
4151 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4152 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4155 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4158 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4159 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4163 /* Check for intersection. */
4164 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4165 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4174 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4178 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4180 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4183 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4186 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4188 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4189 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4192 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4193 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4196 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4213 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4215 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4216 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4217 commands (other.commands),
4218 print (other.print),
4220 print_it (other.print_it)
4222 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4223 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4224 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4227 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4228 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4231 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4235 bpstat retval = NULL;
4240 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4242 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4245 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4255 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4258 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4263 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4265 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4271 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4274 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4276 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4278 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4280 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4282 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4287 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4296 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4297 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4298 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4299 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4301 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4302 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4304 Return 1 otherwise. */
4307 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4309 struct breakpoint *b;
4312 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4314 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4315 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4316 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4317 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4318 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4320 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4322 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4326 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4329 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4331 struct thread_info *tp;
4334 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4337 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4341 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4343 bs->commands = NULL;
4344 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4348 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4351 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4353 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4355 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4357 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4358 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4359 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4360 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4361 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4365 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4368 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4369 or its equivalent. */
4372 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4374 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4377 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4378 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4379 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4380 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4382 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4383 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4384 bpstat of the current thread. */
4387 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4392 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4394 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4397 scoped_restore save_executing
4398 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4400 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4402 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4405 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4406 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4408 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4410 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4412 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4413 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4414 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4415 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4416 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4417 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4418 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4419 the tree when we're done. */
4420 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4421 bs->commands = NULL;
4424 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4426 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4432 execute_control_command (cmd);
4434 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4440 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4442 if (current_ui->async)
4443 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4444 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4445 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4448 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4449 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4450 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4451 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4452 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4453 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4454 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4455 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4456 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4457 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4458 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4459 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4460 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4469 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4473 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4474 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4475 && target_has_execution
4476 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4477 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4478 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4479 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4480 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4481 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4482 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4485 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4488 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4491 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4494 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4497 struct value_print_options opts;
4498 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4499 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4503 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4504 debugging multiple threads. */
4507 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4509 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4514 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4517 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4519 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4520 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4522 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4525 uiout->text (" \"");
4526 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4530 uiout->text (" hit ");
4534 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4535 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4536 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4537 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4540 static enum print_stop_action
4541 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4543 switch (bs->print_it)
4546 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4551 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4552 relevant messages. */
4553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4556 case print_it_normal:
4558 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4560 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4561 which has since been deleted. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4566 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4571 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4572 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4577 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4580 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4582 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4584 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4588 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4589 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4591 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4592 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4595 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4596 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4597 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4601 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4602 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4603 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4605 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4608 current_uiout->text (" ");
4609 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4610 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4616 struct so_list *iter;
4619 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4620 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4622 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4627 current_uiout->text (" ");
4628 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4629 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4634 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4635 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4636 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4637 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4638 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4639 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4640 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4643 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4644 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4645 code to print the location. An example is
4646 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4648 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4649 to also print the location part of the message.
4650 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4651 don't require a location appended to the end.
4652 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4653 further info to be printed. */
4655 enum print_stop_action
4656 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4658 enum print_stop_action val;
4660 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4661 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4662 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4663 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4664 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4666 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4667 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4668 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4669 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4673 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4674 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4675 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4676 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4678 print_solib_event (0);
4679 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4682 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4683 with and nothing was printed. */
4684 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4687 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4690 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4692 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4693 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4695 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4699 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4701 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4703 bp_location_at (bl),
4704 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4708 print_it (print_it_normal)
4710 incref_bp_location (bl);
4711 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4712 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4717 bp_location_at (NULL),
4718 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4722 print_it (print_it_normal)
4726 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4727 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4730 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4732 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4734 struct breakpoint *b;
4736 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4738 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4739 as not triggered. */
4741 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4743 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4745 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4751 if (!target_stopped_data_address (target_stack, &addr))
4753 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4754 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4756 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4758 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4760 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4766 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4767 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4771 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4773 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4774 struct bp_location *loc;
4776 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4779 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4781 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4782 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4784 if (newaddr == start)
4786 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4790 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4791 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (target_stack,
4795 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4804 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4805 enum wp_check_result
4807 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4810 /* The value has changed. */
4811 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4813 /* The value has not changed. */
4814 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4816 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4820 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4821 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4823 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4826 static wp_check_result
4827 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4829 struct watchpoint *b;
4830 struct frame_info *fr;
4831 int within_current_scope;
4833 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4834 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4835 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4837 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4838 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4839 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4840 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4843 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4844 within_current_scope = 1;
4847 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4848 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4851 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4852 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4853 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4854 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4855 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4856 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4857 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4858 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4859 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4860 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4863 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4864 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4866 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4867 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4868 if (within_current_scope)
4870 struct symbol *function;
4872 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4873 if (function == NULL
4874 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4875 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4876 within_current_scope = 0;
4879 if (within_current_scope)
4880 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4881 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4886 if (within_current_scope)
4888 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4889 time before we return to the command level and call
4890 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4891 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4895 struct value *new_val;
4897 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4898 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4899 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4900 a mask watchpoint. */
4901 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4903 mark = value_mark ();
4904 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4906 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4907 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4909 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4910 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4911 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4912 not what we want. */
4913 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4914 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4917 bs->old_val = b->val;
4918 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4920 if (new_val != NULL)
4921 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4922 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4926 /* Nothing changed. */
4927 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4928 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4933 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4934 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4935 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4936 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4937 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4938 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4939 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4940 the first value assigned). */
4941 /* We print all the stop information in
4942 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4943 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4944 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4947 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4951 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4953 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4954 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4955 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4956 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4957 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4960 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4962 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4968 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4969 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4970 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4973 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4974 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4975 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4977 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4979 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4980 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4982 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4985 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4986 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4989 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4991 const struct bp_location *bl;
4992 struct watchpoint *b;
4994 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4995 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4996 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4997 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4998 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5001 int must_check_value = 0;
5003 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5004 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5006 must_check_value = 1;
5007 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5008 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5009 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5011 must_check_value = 1;
5012 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5013 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5014 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5015 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5016 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5017 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5018 must_check_value = 1;
5020 if (must_check_value)
5026 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5028 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5030 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5031 "Error evaluating expression "
5032 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5035 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5037 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5040 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5048 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5049 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5056 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5057 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5059 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5061 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5062 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5063 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5064 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5065 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5066 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5067 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5070 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5071 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5074 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5075 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5076 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5077 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5079 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5080 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5081 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5084 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5085 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5086 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5087 changes. This still gives false positives when
5088 the program writes the same value to memory as
5089 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5090 it for a read), but it's much better than
5093 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5095 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5097 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5100 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5101 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5103 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5104 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5106 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5107 == watch_triggered_yes)
5109 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5115 if (other_write_watchpoint
5116 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5118 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5119 and the value changed since the last time we
5120 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5122 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5127 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5128 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5129 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5131 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5132 the value hasn't changed. */
5133 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5143 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5145 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5146 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5147 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5148 anything for this watchpoint. */
5149 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5155 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5156 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5157 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5158 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5161 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5163 const struct bp_location *bl;
5164 struct breakpoint *b;
5166 bool condition_result = true;
5167 struct expression *cond;
5169 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5171 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5172 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5173 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5174 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5175 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5177 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5178 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5179 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5181 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5182 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5188 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5189 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5191 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5192 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5199 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5201 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5203 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5205 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5207 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5210 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5212 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5214 int within_current_scope = 1;
5215 struct watchpoint * w;
5217 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5218 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5219 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5220 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5222 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5224 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5225 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5229 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5230 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5231 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5232 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5233 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5235 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5236 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5239 struct frame_info *frame;
5241 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5242 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5243 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5244 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5245 really matter which instantiation of the function
5246 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5247 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5248 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5249 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5250 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5251 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5252 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5253 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5255 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5257 select_frame (frame);
5259 within_current_scope = 0;
5261 if (within_current_scope)
5265 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5267 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5269 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5270 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5276 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5277 "in the current scope"));
5278 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5279 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5281 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5282 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5285 if (cond && !condition_result)
5289 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5293 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5295 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5299 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5300 on the current target. */
5303 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5305 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5306 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5307 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5308 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5312 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5313 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5315 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5316 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5319 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5321 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5323 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5324 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5325 several reasons concurrently.)
5327 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5328 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5331 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5332 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5335 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5336 struct bp_location *bl;
5337 struct bp_location *loc;
5338 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5339 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5340 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5343 int need_remove_insert;
5346 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5347 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5348 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5349 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5350 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5351 inferior function calls. */
5355 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5358 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5360 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5361 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5362 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5363 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5364 checked all locations already. */
5365 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5368 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5371 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5374 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5377 bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5380 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5381 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5382 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5386 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5387 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5388 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5390 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5392 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5394 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5399 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5400 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5401 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5403 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5405 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5406 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5408 bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5409 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5412 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5417 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5418 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5419 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5421 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5423 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5425 handle_solib_event ();
5430 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5431 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5432 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5436 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5441 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5442 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5445 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5450 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5452 /* We will stop here. */
5453 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5455 --(b->enable_count);
5456 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5457 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5462 bs->commands = b->commands;
5463 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5464 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5467 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5472 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5474 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5475 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5478 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5479 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5480 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5482 need_remove_insert = 0;
5483 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5484 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5486 && bs->breakpoint_at
5487 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5489 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5491 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5492 need_remove_insert = 1;
5495 if (need_remove_insert)
5496 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5497 else if (removed_any)
5498 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5504 handle_jit_event (void)
5506 struct frame_info *frame;
5507 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5510 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5512 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5513 breakpoint_re_set. */
5514 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5516 frame = get_current_frame ();
5517 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5519 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5521 target_terminal::inferior ();
5524 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5526 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5529 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5531 struct bpstat_what retval;
5534 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5535 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5536 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5538 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5540 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5541 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5542 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5545 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5547 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5548 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5552 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5559 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5560 case bp_single_step:
5563 case bp_shlib_event:
5567 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5575 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5576 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5577 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5581 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5583 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5587 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5588 This requires no further action. */
5592 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5596 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5597 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5600 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5602 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5603 case bp_exception_resume:
5606 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5607 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5610 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5612 case bp_step_resume:
5614 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5617 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5618 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5621 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5623 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5626 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5627 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5630 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5631 case bp_thread_event:
5632 case bp_overlay_event:
5633 case bp_longjmp_master:
5634 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5635 case bp_exception_master:
5636 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5642 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5644 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5648 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5649 This requires no further action. */
5653 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5656 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5657 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5658 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5659 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5661 case bp_std_terminate:
5662 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5663 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5664 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5665 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5668 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5669 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5670 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5671 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5673 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5674 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5676 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5677 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5678 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5681 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5682 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5683 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5688 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5694 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5695 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5698 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5705 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5709 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5711 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5718 handle_jit_event ();
5720 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5721 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5723 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5724 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5730 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5731 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5732 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5735 bpstat_should_step (void)
5737 struct breakpoint *b;
5740 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5746 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5748 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5757 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5758 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5759 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5762 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5764 static char wrap_indent[80];
5765 int i, total_width, width, align;
5769 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5771 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5773 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5774 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5775 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5780 total_width += width + 1;
5786 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5787 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5789 "host": Host evals condition.
5790 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5791 "target": Target evals condition.
5795 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5797 struct bp_location *bl;
5798 char host_evals = 0;
5799 char target_evals = 0;
5804 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5807 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5808 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5809 return condition_evaluation_host;
5811 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5813 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5819 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5820 return condition_evaluation_both;
5821 else if (target_evals)
5822 return condition_evaluation_target;
5824 return condition_evaluation_host;
5827 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5828 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5831 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5833 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5836 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5837 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5838 return condition_evaluation_host;
5840 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5841 return condition_evaluation_target;
5843 return condition_evaluation_host;
5846 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5849 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5850 struct bp_location *loc)
5852 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5854 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5856 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5860 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5862 if (b->display_canonical)
5863 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5864 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5866 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5869 sym = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5873 uiout->text ("in ");
5874 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5876 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5877 uiout->text ("at ");
5879 uiout->field_string ("file",
5880 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5883 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5884 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5886 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5892 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5894 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5898 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5899 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5900 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5901 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5902 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5903 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5905 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5909 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5913 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5914 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5915 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5918 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5919 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5925 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5927 struct ep_type_description
5930 const char *description;
5932 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5934 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5935 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5936 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5937 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5938 {bp_until, "until"},
5939 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5940 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5941 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5942 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5943 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5944 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5945 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5946 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5947 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5948 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5949 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5950 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5951 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5952 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5953 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5954 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5955 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5956 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5957 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5958 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5959 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5960 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5961 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5962 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5963 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5964 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5965 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5966 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5967 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5970 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5971 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5972 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5973 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5976 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5979 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5980 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5983 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5984 const char *field_name,
5985 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5988 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5990 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5991 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5992 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5995 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5997 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
6003 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
6004 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6009 uiout->text (" inf ");
6013 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6018 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6021 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6022 struct bp_location *loc,
6024 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6027 struct command_line *l;
6028 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6030 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6031 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6032 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6033 struct value_print_options opts;
6035 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6037 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6038 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6039 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6042 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6043 header_of_multiple = 1;
6051 if (part_of_multiple)
6054 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6055 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6060 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6065 if (part_of_multiple)
6066 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6068 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6072 if (part_of_multiple)
6073 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6075 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6080 if (part_of_multiple)
6081 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6083 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6088 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6090 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6091 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6092 make sure there's just one location. */
6093 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6094 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6100 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6101 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6105 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6106 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6107 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6109 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6111 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6112 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6113 is relatively readable). */
6114 if (opts.addressprint)
6115 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6117 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6122 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6123 case bp_single_step:
6127 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6128 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6130 case bp_exception_resume:
6131 case bp_step_resume:
6132 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6133 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6135 case bp_std_terminate:
6136 case bp_shlib_event:
6137 case bp_thread_event:
6138 case bp_overlay_event:
6139 case bp_longjmp_master:
6140 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6141 case bp_exception_master:
6143 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6144 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6147 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6148 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6149 if (opts.addressprint)
6152 if (header_of_multiple)
6153 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6154 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6155 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6157 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6158 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6161 if (!header_of_multiple)
6162 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6169 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6171 struct inferior *inf;
6172 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6177 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6178 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6181 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6182 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6184 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6185 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6186 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6187 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6188 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6189 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6191 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6194 if (!part_of_multiple)
6196 if (b->thread != -1)
6198 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6199 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6200 uiout->text (" thread ");
6201 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6203 else if (b->task != 0)
6205 uiout->text (" task ");
6206 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6212 if (!part_of_multiple)
6213 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6215 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6218 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6219 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6221 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6222 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6226 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6229 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6230 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6232 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6233 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6235 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6236 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6237 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6238 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6239 == condition_evaluation_target)
6242 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6243 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6244 uiout->text (" evals)");
6249 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6251 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6252 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6253 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6254 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6257 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6259 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6264 if (!part_of_multiple)
6268 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6269 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6270 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6271 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6272 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6274 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6275 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6276 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6277 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6278 uiout->text (" time\n");
6280 uiout->text (" times\n");
6284 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6285 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6286 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6290 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6293 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6294 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6295 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6298 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6299 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6300 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6301 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6304 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6305 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6306 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6307 if (b->ignore_count)
6308 uiout->text ("additional ");
6310 uiout->text ("next ");
6311 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6312 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6315 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6317 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6319 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6321 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6322 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6323 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6327 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6328 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6331 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6332 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6335 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6337 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6339 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6341 annotate_field (10);
6342 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6343 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6344 uiout->text (" \n");
6347 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6349 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6351 annotate_field (11);
6353 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6354 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6355 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6361 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6362 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6367 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6369 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6371 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6373 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6375 else if (b->location != NULL
6376 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6377 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6378 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6383 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6384 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6387 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6390 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "bkpt");
6392 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6395 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6396 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6397 locations, if any. */
6398 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6400 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6401 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6402 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6405 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6406 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6408 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6409 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6411 struct bp_location *loc;
6414 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6416 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6417 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6424 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6426 int print_address_bits = 0;
6427 struct bp_location *loc;
6429 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6430 address to print. */
6431 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6434 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6438 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6439 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6440 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6443 return print_address_bits;
6446 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6449 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6451 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6452 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6455 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6456 internal or momentary. */
6459 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6461 return b->number > 0;
6464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6467 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6469 return b->loc == NULL;
6472 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6473 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6474 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6475 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6476 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6477 breakpoints listed. */
6480 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6481 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6483 struct breakpoint *b;
6484 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6485 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6486 struct value_print_options opts;
6487 int print_address_bits = 0;
6488 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6489 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6491 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6493 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6494 required for address fields. */
6495 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6498 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6499 if (filter && !filter (b))
6502 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6503 accept. Skip the others. */
6504 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6506 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6508 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6512 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6514 int addr_bit, type_len;
6516 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6517 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6518 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6520 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6521 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6522 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6524 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6529 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6530 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6531 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6534 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6535 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6538 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6541 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6544 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6545 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6547 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6548 if (opts.addressprint)
6550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6552 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6553 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6555 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6557 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6559 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6560 uiout->table_body ();
6561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6562 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6567 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6568 if (filter && !filter (b))
6571 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6572 accept. Skip the others. */
6574 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6576 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6578 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6581 else /* all others */
6583 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6587 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6589 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6590 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6594 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6596 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6600 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6601 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6603 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6609 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6610 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6613 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6614 there have been breakpoints? */
6615 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6617 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6620 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6621 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6624 default_collect_info (void)
6626 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6628 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6629 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6631 if (!*default_collect)
6634 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6636 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6637 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6638 uiout->text (" \n");
6642 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6644 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6646 default_collect_info ();
6650 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6652 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6655 if (num_printed == 0)
6657 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6658 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6660 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6665 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6667 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6669 default_collect_info ();
6673 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6674 struct program_space *pspace,
6675 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6677 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6679 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6681 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6682 && bl->address == pc
6683 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6689 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6690 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6694 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6695 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6696 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6699 struct breakpoint *b;
6702 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6703 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6707 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6708 else /* if (others == ???) */
6709 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6711 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6714 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6715 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6716 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6717 else if (b->thread != -1)
6718 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6719 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6720 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6721 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6725 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6727 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6728 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6729 printf_filtered (".\n");
6734 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6735 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6736 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6737 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6739 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6740 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6741 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6742 breakpoint location at address zero:
6750 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6752 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6754 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6757 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6758 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6761 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6762 struct bp_location *loc2)
6764 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6765 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6767 /* Both of them must exist. */
6768 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6769 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6771 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6772 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6773 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6774 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6775 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6776 other watchpoint. */
6778 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6780 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6781 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6783 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6785 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6786 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6789 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6790 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6791 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6792 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6793 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6794 become hw_access locations later. */
6795 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6796 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6797 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6798 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6801 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6804 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6805 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6807 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6808 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6812 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6813 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6814 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6815 space doesn't really matter. */
6818 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6820 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6823 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6824 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6825 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6828 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6829 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6830 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6831 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6834 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6835 const address_space *aspace,
6838 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6841 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6842 bl->address, bl->length,
6846 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6847 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6848 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6849 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6850 doesn't really matter. */
6853 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6854 const address_space *aspace,
6855 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6857 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6858 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6860 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6862 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6868 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6869 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6870 true, otherwise returns false. */
6873 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6874 struct bp_location *loc2)
6876 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6877 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6878 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6879 different locations. */
6880 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6885 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6886 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6887 represent the same location. */
6890 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6891 struct bp_location *loc2)
6893 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6895 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6896 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6897 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6899 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6900 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6902 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6905 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6906 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6907 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6909 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6910 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6911 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6912 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6916 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6917 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6919 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6920 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6924 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6925 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6927 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6928 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6930 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6933 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6934 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6935 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6936 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6939 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6940 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6942 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6943 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6944 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6945 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6946 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6948 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6949 have their addresses modified. */
6952 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6954 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6955 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6956 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6957 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6958 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6959 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6964 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6966 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6968 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6969 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6970 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6973 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6975 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6976 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6978 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6979 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6981 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6985 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops *ops, breakpoint *owner)
6987 bp_location *loc = this;
6989 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6993 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6994 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6997 switch (owner->type)
7000 case bp_single_step:
7004 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7005 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7007 case bp_exception_resume:
7008 case bp_step_resume:
7009 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7010 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7012 case bp_std_terminate:
7013 case bp_shlib_event:
7014 case bp_thread_event:
7015 case bp_overlay_event:
7017 case bp_longjmp_master:
7018 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7019 case bp_exception_master:
7020 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7021 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7023 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7024 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7026 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7027 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7028 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7030 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7031 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7032 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7033 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7038 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7039 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7040 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7043 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7049 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7051 static struct bp_location *
7052 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7054 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7058 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7060 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7064 /* Increment reference count. */
7067 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7072 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7073 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7076 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7078 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7080 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7081 free_bp_location (*blp);
7085 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7088 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7090 struct breakpoint *b1;
7091 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7093 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7094 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7096 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7098 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7103 b1->next = b.release ();
7109 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7112 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7113 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7115 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7117 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7121 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7122 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7123 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7124 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7127 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7128 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7130 static struct breakpoint *
7131 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7133 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7135 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7137 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7138 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7141 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7142 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7146 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7148 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7150 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7151 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7152 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7154 const char *function_name;
7156 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7157 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7158 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7161 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7163 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7165 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7166 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7168 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7169 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7170 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7171 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7173 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7177 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7180 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7184 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7186 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7189 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7191 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7196 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7197 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7198 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7200 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7201 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7202 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7205 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7206 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7207 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7209 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7211 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7213 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7214 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7216 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7217 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7219 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7220 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7223 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7224 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7225 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7226 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7227 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7228 is also returned as the value of this function.
7230 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7231 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7232 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7233 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7234 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7235 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7236 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7239 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7240 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7241 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7243 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7245 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7246 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7249 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7250 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7251 initiated the operation. */
7254 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7256 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7257 int thread = tp->global_num;
7259 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7260 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7261 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7262 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7264 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7265 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7266 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7268 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7269 struct breakpoint *clone;
7271 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7272 after their removal. */
7273 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7274 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7275 clone->thread = thread;
7278 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7281 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7283 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7285 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7287 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7288 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7290 if (b->thread == thread)
7291 delete_breakpoint (b);
7296 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7298 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7301 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7303 if (b->thread == thread)
7304 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7308 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7309 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7310 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7314 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7316 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7319 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7321 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7323 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7324 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7326 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7328 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7330 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7333 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7334 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7335 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7336 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7342 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7343 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7346 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7347 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7351 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7358 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7360 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7361 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7362 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7363 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7366 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7368 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7370 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7371 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7372 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7374 delete_breakpoint (b);
7379 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7381 struct breakpoint *b;
7384 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7386 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7387 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7388 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7393 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7395 struct breakpoint *b;
7398 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7400 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7401 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7402 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7406 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7407 master breakpoint. */
7409 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7411 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7413 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7414 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7415 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7417 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7418 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7422 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7424 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7426 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7429 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7430 delete_breakpoint (b);
7434 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7436 struct breakpoint *b;
7438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7439 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7441 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7442 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7443 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7445 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7450 struct lang_and_radix
7456 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7459 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7461 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7462 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7465 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7468 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7470 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7472 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7473 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7474 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7475 delete_breakpoint (b);
7479 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7481 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7484 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7485 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7486 delete_breakpoint (b);
7489 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7492 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7494 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7497 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7498 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7499 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7502 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7503 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7504 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7506 static struct breakpoint *
7507 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7508 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7510 struct breakpoint *b;
7512 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7513 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7514 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7519 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7521 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7527 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7529 struct breakpoint *b;
7531 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7533 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7534 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7536 delete_breakpoint (b);
7542 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7543 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7546 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7548 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7550 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7552 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7553 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7555 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7556 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7557 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7558 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7559 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7560 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7561 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7562 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7563 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7564 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7565 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7566 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7569 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7574 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7575 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7576 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7579 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7581 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7582 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7584 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7586 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7587 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7589 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7590 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7591 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7592 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7593 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7594 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7595 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7596 || is_tracepoint (b))
7597 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7599 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7600 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7601 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7602 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7605 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7606 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7608 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7610 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7611 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7612 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7615 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7620 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7621 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7622 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7625 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7627 struct breakpoint *b;
7629 if (objfile == NULL)
7632 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7633 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7634 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7635 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7636 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7637 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7638 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7639 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7640 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7641 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7643 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7644 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7649 struct bp_location *loc;
7650 int bp_modified = 0;
7652 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7655 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7657 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7659 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7660 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7663 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7666 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7669 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7670 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7673 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7675 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7676 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7677 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7678 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7679 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7682 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7689 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7693 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7695 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7696 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7697 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7699 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7701 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7702 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7703 catchpoint has triggered. */
7704 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7707 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7711 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7713 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7716 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7720 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7722 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7725 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7729 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7730 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7731 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7733 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7735 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7738 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7742 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7745 static enum print_stop_action
7746 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7748 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7749 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7750 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7752 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7753 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7754 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7755 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7757 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7758 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7760 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7761 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7763 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7764 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7765 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7766 uiout->text ("), ");
7767 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7770 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7774 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7776 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7777 struct value_print_options opts;
7778 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7780 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7782 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7783 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7785 if (opts.addressprint)
7786 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7788 uiout->text ("fork");
7789 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7791 uiout->text (", process ");
7792 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7796 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7797 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7800 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7804 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7806 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7809 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7813 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7816 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7819 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7821 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7823 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7827 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7829 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7832 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7836 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7838 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7841 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7845 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7846 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7847 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7849 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7851 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7854 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7858 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7861 static enum print_stop_action
7862 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7864 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7865 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7866 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7868 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7869 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7870 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7871 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7873 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7874 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7876 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7877 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7879 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7880 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7881 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7882 uiout->text ("), ");
7883 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7886 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7890 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7892 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7893 struct value_print_options opts;
7894 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7896 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7897 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7898 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7900 if (opts.addressprint)
7901 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7903 uiout->text ("vfork");
7904 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7906 uiout->text (", process ");
7907 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7911 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7912 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7915 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7919 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7921 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7924 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7928 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7931 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7934 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7936 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7938 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7939 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7940 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7942 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7944 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7946 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7947 unsigned char is_load;
7949 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7950 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7952 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7955 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7957 xfree (this->regex);
7961 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7967 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7973 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7974 const address_space *aspace,
7976 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7978 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7979 struct breakpoint *other;
7981 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7986 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7988 if (other == bl->owner)
7991 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7994 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7997 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7999 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8008 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8010 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8011 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8015 struct so_list *iter;
8018 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8023 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8029 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8032 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8038 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8041 static enum print_stop_action
8042 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8044 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8047 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8048 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8049 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8050 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8052 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8053 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8055 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8056 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8057 print_solib_event (1);
8058 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8062 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8064 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8065 struct value_print_options opts;
8066 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8069 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8070 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8071 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8073 if (opts.addressprint)
8076 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8083 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8085 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8090 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8092 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8094 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8097 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8098 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8102 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8104 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8106 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8107 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8111 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8113 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8115 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8116 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8117 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8123 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8125 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8126 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8127 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8128 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8129 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8130 created in an enabled state. */
8133 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8135 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8139 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8141 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8145 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8146 _("Invalid regexp")));
8147 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8150 c->is_load = is_load;
8151 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8152 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8154 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8156 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8159 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8163 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8164 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8167 const int enabled = 1;
8169 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8171 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8175 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8176 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8178 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8182 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8183 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8185 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8188 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8189 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8190 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8191 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8194 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8195 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8196 const char *cond_string,
8197 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8199 symtab_and_line sal;
8200 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8202 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8204 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8205 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8209 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8211 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8212 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8213 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8214 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8217 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8220 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8224 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8225 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8226 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8228 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8230 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8232 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8234 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8237 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8239 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8240 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8241 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8243 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8245 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8247 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8248 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8250 char *exec_pathname;
8253 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8255 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8257 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8261 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8263 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8267 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8269 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8273 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8274 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8275 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8277 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8279 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8282 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8286 static enum print_stop_action
8287 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8290 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8291 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8293 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8294 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8295 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8296 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8298 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8299 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8301 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8302 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8304 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8305 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8306 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8307 uiout->text ("), ");
8309 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8313 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8315 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8316 struct value_print_options opts;
8317 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8319 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8321 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8322 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8323 is relatively readable). */
8324 if (opts.addressprint)
8325 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8327 uiout->text ("exec");
8328 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8330 uiout->text (", program \"");
8331 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8332 uiout->text ("\" ");
8335 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8336 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8340 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8342 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8345 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8349 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8351 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8352 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8355 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8358 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8361 struct breakpoint *b;
8362 struct bp_location *bl;
8366 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8367 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8369 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8371 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8378 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8382 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8385 struct bp_location *bl;
8387 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8390 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8392 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8394 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8400 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8401 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8402 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8403 types _not_ TYPE. */
8406 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8407 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8410 struct breakpoint *b;
8412 *other_type_used = 0;
8417 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8420 if (b->type == type)
8421 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8422 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8423 *other_type_used = 1;
8430 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8432 struct breakpoint *b;
8436 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8438 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8439 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8445 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8447 struct breakpoint *b;
8451 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8453 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8460 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8462 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8463 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8467 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8469 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8470 breakpoint_re_set ();
8473 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8476 static struct breakpoint *
8477 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8479 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8481 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8482 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8484 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8485 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8488 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8490 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8493 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8494 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8498 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8499 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8501 struct breakpoint *b;
8503 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8505 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8507 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8508 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8509 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8510 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8512 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8513 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8515 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8516 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8518 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8520 return breakpoint_up (b);
8523 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8524 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8525 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8527 static struct breakpoint *
8528 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8530 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8533 struct breakpoint *copy;
8535 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8536 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8537 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8539 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8540 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8541 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8542 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8543 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8544 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8545 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8546 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8547 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8548 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8549 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8550 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8552 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8553 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8554 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8556 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8560 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8564 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8566 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8570 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8574 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8577 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8579 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8581 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8582 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8584 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8588 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8591 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8593 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8594 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8598 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8600 static struct bp_location *
8601 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8602 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8604 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8605 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8606 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8608 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8609 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8611 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8612 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8613 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8614 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8615 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8616 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8617 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8620 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8621 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8622 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8623 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8628 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8629 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8630 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8631 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8632 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8633 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8634 loc->section = sal->section;
8635 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8636 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8637 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8638 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8639 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8640 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8642 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8643 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8645 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8646 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8647 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8648 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8649 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8650 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8651 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8652 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8653 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8654 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8655 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8656 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8658 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8665 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8668 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8672 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8673 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8676 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8678 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8682 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8684 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8685 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8686 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8687 scoped_restore restore_memory
8688 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8690 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8691 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8697 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8698 return 0 otherwise. */
8701 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8703 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8705 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8706 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8707 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8709 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8712 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8713 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8714 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8717 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8718 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8721 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8723 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8724 char *printf_line = NULL;
8729 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8731 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8733 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8735 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8737 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8738 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8740 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8741 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8742 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8744 if (!dprintf_function)
8745 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8747 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8748 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8753 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8757 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8759 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8760 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8763 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8764 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8768 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8769 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8771 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8773 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8774 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8775 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8776 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8777 command_lines_deleter ()));
8780 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8781 current style settings. */
8784 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8785 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8787 struct breakpoint *b;
8791 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8792 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8796 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8797 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8798 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8799 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8802 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8803 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8804 event_location_up &&location,
8805 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8806 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8807 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8808 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8809 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8810 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8811 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8812 int display_canonical)
8816 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8818 int target_resources_ok;
8820 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8821 target_resources_ok =
8822 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8824 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8825 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8826 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8827 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8830 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8832 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8834 struct bp_location *loc;
8838 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8840 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8842 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8843 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8846 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8848 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8852 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8853 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8854 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8855 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8856 b->disposition = disposition;
8858 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8859 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8861 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8863 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8864 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8866 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8868 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8869 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8871 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8874 p = skip_spaces (p);
8876 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8878 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8880 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8882 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8884 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8886 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8888 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8890 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8893 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8894 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8901 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8902 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8908 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8910 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8911 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8913 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8916 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8917 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8918 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8920 if (b->extra_string)
8921 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8923 error (_("Format string required"));
8925 else if (b->extra_string)
8926 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8929 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8930 if (location != NULL)
8931 b->location = std::move (location);
8933 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8934 b->filter = filter.release ();
8938 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8939 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8940 event_location_up &&location,
8941 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8942 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8943 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8944 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8945 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8946 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8947 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8948 int display_canonical)
8950 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8952 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8953 sals, std::move (location),
8955 std::move (cond_string),
8956 std::move (extra_string),
8958 thread, task, ignore_count,
8960 enabled, internal, flags,
8963 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8966 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8967 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8968 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8969 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8970 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8971 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8972 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8973 we take just a single condition string.
8975 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8976 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8977 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8978 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8979 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8982 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8983 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8984 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8985 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8986 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8987 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8988 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8989 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8991 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8992 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8994 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8996 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8997 'break', without arguments. */
8998 event_location_up location
8999 = (canonical->location != NULL
9000 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
9001 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
9002 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
9004 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
9005 std::move (location),
9006 std::move (filter_string),
9007 std::move (cond_string),
9008 std::move (extra_string),
9010 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9011 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9012 canonical->special_display);
9016 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9017 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9018 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9019 linespec locations).
9021 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9022 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9025 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9026 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9028 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9030 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9032 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9036 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9037 breakpoint address. */
9038 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9040 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9041 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9042 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9043 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9044 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9045 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9046 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9048 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9050 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9051 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9052 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9053 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9054 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9056 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9058 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9060 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9062 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9066 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9070 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9071 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9072 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9073 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9075 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9076 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9077 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9078 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9080 const char *spec = NULL;
9082 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9083 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9087 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9090 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9091 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9092 get_last_displayed_line (),
9093 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9098 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9099 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9103 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9104 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9107 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9109 for (auto &sal : sals)
9110 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9113 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9114 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9115 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9116 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9117 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9121 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9122 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9124 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9126 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9128 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9129 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9130 associated with SAL. */
9134 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9135 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9136 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9140 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9141 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9142 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9143 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9144 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9145 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9148 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9149 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9152 *cond_string = NULL;
9159 const char *end_tok;
9161 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9162 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9164 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9166 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9168 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9172 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9174 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9176 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9178 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9179 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9181 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9183 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9186 struct thread_info *thr;
9189 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9191 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9192 *thread = thr->global_num;
9195 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9200 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9202 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9203 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9204 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9209 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9213 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9217 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9219 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9220 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9222 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9225 p = skip_spaces (p);
9227 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9229 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9231 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9232 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9233 if (markers.empty ())
9234 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9235 marker_str.c_str ());
9237 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9238 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9240 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9242 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9243 sal.pc = marker.address;
9244 sals.push_back (sal);
9251 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9254 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9255 const struct event_location *location,
9256 const char *cond_string,
9257 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9259 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9261 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9262 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9263 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9266 struct linespec_result canonical;
9267 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9270 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9272 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9274 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9275 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9276 extra_string = NULL;
9280 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9282 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9284 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9286 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9288 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9291 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9292 throw_exception (e);
9294 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9296 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9297 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9298 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9299 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9300 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9303 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9304 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9305 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9306 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9310 throw_exception (e);
9314 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9317 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9318 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9319 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9320 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9321 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9323 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9324 are ok for the target. */
9327 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9328 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9331 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9332 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9334 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9335 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9338 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9339 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9343 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9344 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9351 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9353 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9354 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9355 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9356 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9358 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9359 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9360 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9361 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9365 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9366 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9367 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9369 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9371 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9372 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9374 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9377 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9378 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9379 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9381 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9382 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9383 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9387 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9389 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9390 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9393 b->cond_string = NULL;
9396 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9397 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9401 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9402 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9403 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9404 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9405 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9406 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9407 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9408 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9409 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9411 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9414 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9416 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9417 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9418 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9421 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9423 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9425 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9426 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9431 /* Set a breakpoint.
9432 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9433 condition, and thread.
9434 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9435 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9439 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9441 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9442 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9443 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9445 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9447 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9449 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9450 if (location != NULL
9451 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9452 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9454 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9456 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9458 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9459 tempflag, type_wanted,
9460 0 /* Ignore count */,
9461 pending_break_support,
9469 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9472 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9476 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9478 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9479 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9480 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9483 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9484 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9485 if (sal->explicit_line)
9486 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9489 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9491 const struct blockvector *bv;
9492 const struct block *b;
9495 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9496 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9499 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9502 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9503 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9508 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9509 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9510 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9511 happen in assembly source). */
9513 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9514 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9516 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9518 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9525 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9527 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9531 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9533 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9537 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9539 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9543 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9545 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9549 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9551 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9552 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9553 stop at <line>\n"));
9557 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9561 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9563 else if (*arg != '*')
9565 const char *argptr = arg;
9568 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9569 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9570 function/method name. */
9571 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9573 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9578 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9580 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9584 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9586 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9590 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9594 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9598 const char *argptr = arg;
9601 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9602 it is probably a line number. */
9603 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9605 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9610 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9612 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9616 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9618 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9621 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9622 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9623 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9627 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9629 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9631 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9632 the next character must be ','. */
9635 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9636 error (_("Format string required"));
9639 /* Skip the comma. */
9644 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9646 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9648 0 /* Ignore count */,
9649 pending_break_support,
9650 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9658 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9660 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9663 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9664 ranged breakpoints. */
9667 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9668 const address_space *aspace,
9670 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9672 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9673 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9676 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9677 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9680 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9681 ranged breakpoints. */
9684 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9686 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9689 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9690 ranged breakpoints. */
9692 static enum print_stop_action
9693 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9695 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9696 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9697 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9699 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9701 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9702 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9704 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9706 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9708 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9709 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9711 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9712 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9714 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9716 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9718 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9721 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9724 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9725 ranged breakpoints. */
9728 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9729 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9731 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9732 struct value_print_options opts;
9733 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9735 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9736 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9738 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9740 if (opts.addressprint)
9741 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9742 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9743 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9745 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9749 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9750 ranged breakpoints. */
9753 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9754 struct ui_out *uiout)
9756 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9757 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9762 address_start = bl->address;
9763 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9765 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9766 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9767 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9768 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9769 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9773 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9774 ranged breakpoints. */
9777 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9779 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9780 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9783 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9785 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9786 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9787 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9790 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9791 ranged breakpoints. */
9794 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9797 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9798 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9799 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9804 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9806 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9807 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9808 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9809 last instruction of the given line. */
9812 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9816 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9817 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9818 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9825 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9827 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9829 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9836 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9839 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9841 const char *arg_start;
9842 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9843 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9845 struct breakpoint *b;
9847 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9848 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9849 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9851 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9852 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9853 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9856 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9858 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9859 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9860 error(_("No address range specified."));
9863 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9865 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9868 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9869 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9870 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9872 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9874 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9875 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9876 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9878 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9879 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9881 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9882 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9884 /* Parse the end location. */
9888 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9889 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9890 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9891 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9892 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9893 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9895 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9896 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9897 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9899 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9900 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9902 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9903 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9904 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9905 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9907 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9909 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9910 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9911 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9913 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9915 /* Length overflowed. */
9916 error (_("Address range too large."));
9917 else if (length == 1)
9919 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9920 the `hbreak' command. */
9921 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9926 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9927 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9928 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9929 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9930 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9931 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9932 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9933 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9934 b->loc->length = length;
9937 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9938 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9941 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9942 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9943 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9947 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9955 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9956 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9959 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9969 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9970 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9971 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9972 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9973 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9975 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10001 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10004 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10005 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10010 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10011 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10012 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10013 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10014 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10015 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10016 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10018 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10019 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10024 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10026 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10027 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10028 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10029 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10031 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10032 are always constant. */
10034 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10036 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10037 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10038 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10043 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10044 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10045 then it is not a constant. */
10054 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10056 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10058 xfree (this->exp_string);
10059 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10062 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10065 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10067 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10069 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10070 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10072 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10073 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10074 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10075 are loaded and unloaded.
10077 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10078 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10079 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10080 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10081 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10082 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10084 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10085 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10086 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10087 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10089 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10090 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10092 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10093 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10094 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10097 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10100 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10102 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10103 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10105 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10106 w->cond_exp.get ());
10109 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10112 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10114 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10115 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10117 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10118 w->cond_exp.get ());
10122 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10123 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10124 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10126 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10127 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10129 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10130 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10131 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10132 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10133 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10134 (did not match the data address). */
10135 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10136 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10143 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10145 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10147 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10150 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10151 hardware watchpoints. */
10154 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10156 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10157 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10159 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10162 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10163 hardware watchpoints. */
10166 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10168 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10169 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10172 static enum print_stop_action
10173 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10175 struct breakpoint *b;
10176 enum print_stop_action result;
10177 struct watchpoint *w;
10178 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10180 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10182 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10183 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10185 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10186 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10190 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10193 case bp_watchpoint:
10194 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10195 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10196 uiout->field_string
10197 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10199 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10200 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10201 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10202 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10203 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10204 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10205 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10206 uiout->text ("\n");
10207 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10208 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10211 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10212 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10213 uiout->field_string
10214 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10216 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10217 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10218 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10219 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10220 uiout->text ("\n");
10221 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10224 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10225 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10227 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10228 uiout->field_string
10230 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10232 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10233 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10234 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10235 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10236 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10241 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10242 uiout->field_string
10244 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10245 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10246 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10248 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10249 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10250 uiout->text ("\n");
10251 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10254 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10260 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10264 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10266 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10267 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10268 const char *tuple_name;
10272 case bp_watchpoint:
10273 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10274 tuple_name = "wpt";
10276 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10277 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10278 tuple_name = "wpt";
10280 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10281 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10282 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10284 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10285 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10286 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10289 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10290 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10293 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10294 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10295 uiout->text (": ");
10296 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10299 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10303 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10305 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10309 case bp_watchpoint:
10310 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10313 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10316 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10320 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10321 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10324 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10325 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10328 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10332 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10334 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10335 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10336 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10344 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10346 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10347 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10350 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10352 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10354 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10355 bl->watchpoint_type);
10358 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10359 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10362 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10364 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10366 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10367 bl->watchpoint_type);
10370 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10371 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10374 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10376 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10378 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10381 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10382 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10385 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10390 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10391 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10393 static enum print_stop_action
10394 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10396 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10397 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10399 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10400 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10402 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10403 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10407 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10408 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10409 uiout->field_string
10410 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10413 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10414 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10415 uiout->field_string
10416 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10419 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10420 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10421 uiout->field_string
10423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10426 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10427 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10431 uiout->text (_("\n\
10432 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10433 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10434 uiout->text ("\n");
10436 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10437 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10440 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10441 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10444 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10445 struct ui_out *uiout)
10447 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10449 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10450 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10452 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10453 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10454 uiout->text ("\n");
10457 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10458 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10461 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10463 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10464 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10465 const char *tuple_name;
10469 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10470 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10471 tuple_name = "wpt";
10473 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10474 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10475 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10477 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10478 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10479 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10482 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10483 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10486 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10487 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10488 uiout->text (": ");
10489 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10492 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10493 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10496 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10498 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10503 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10506 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10509 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10513 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10514 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10517 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10519 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10522 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10524 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10526 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10529 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10531 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10534 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10535 hw_read: watch read,
10536 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10538 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10539 int just_location, int internal)
10541 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10542 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10543 struct value *mark, *result;
10544 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10545 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10546 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10547 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10549 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10550 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10551 enum bptype bp_type;
10554 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10555 the hardware watchpoint. */
10557 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10559 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10560 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10562 const char *value_start;
10564 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10566 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10567 of the arguments string. */
10568 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10570 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10571 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10574 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10575 This is the value of the parameter. */
10576 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10578 value_start = tok + 1;
10580 /* Skip whitespace. */
10581 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10586 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10587 This is the parameter itself. */
10588 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10591 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10593 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10595 struct thread_info *thr;
10596 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10597 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10598 only in a specific thread. */
10602 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10604 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10605 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10607 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10608 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10609 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10611 thread = thr->global_num;
10613 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10615 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10616 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10618 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10621 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10623 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10625 mark = value_mark ();
10626 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10627 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10628 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10631 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10634 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10635 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10642 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10643 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10645 innermost_block.reset ();
10646 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10647 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10648 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10650 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10651 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10653 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10656 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10657 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10661 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10662 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10664 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10667 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10668 mark = value_mark ();
10669 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10670 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10673 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10675 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10676 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10684 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10685 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10686 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10690 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10693 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10694 else if (ret == -2)
10695 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10698 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10699 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10701 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10702 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10704 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10705 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10707 innermost_block.reset ();
10708 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10709 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10711 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10712 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10713 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10718 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10720 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10722 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10724 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10726 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10727 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10728 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10729 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10730 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10732 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10734 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10736 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10737 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10740 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10741 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10742 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10744 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10747 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10749 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10750 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10752 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10753 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10755 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10756 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10757 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10758 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10759 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10760 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10761 scope_breakpoint->type);
10765 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10766 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10767 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10768 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10770 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10771 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10772 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10773 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10775 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10777 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10780 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10781 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10783 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10784 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10785 w->thread = thread;
10786 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10787 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10788 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10789 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10790 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10793 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10794 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10796 w->exp_string_reparse
10797 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10799 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10800 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10803 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10807 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10812 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10813 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10818 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10820 w->cond_string = 0;
10822 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10824 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10825 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10829 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10830 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10833 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10835 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10836 need to act on them together. */
10837 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10838 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10841 if (!just_location)
10842 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10844 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10845 that should be inserted. */
10846 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10848 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10851 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10852 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10855 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10857 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10859 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10860 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10863 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10864 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10866 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10867 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10868 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10869 hardware watchpoint.
10871 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10872 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10873 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10874 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10875 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10876 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10877 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10878 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10879 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10881 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10882 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10883 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10884 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10885 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10887 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10889 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10891 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10892 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10893 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10894 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10895 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10896 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10900 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10901 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10902 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10904 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10905 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10906 middle of some value chain. */
10908 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10909 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10911 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10915 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10916 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10917 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10919 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10923 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10927 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10928 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10929 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10930 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10931 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10934 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10935 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10936 return found_memory_cnt;
10940 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10942 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10945 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10946 calls watch_command_1. */
10949 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10951 int just_location = 0;
10954 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10955 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10957 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10961 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10965 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10967 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10971 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10973 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10977 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10979 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10983 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10985 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10989 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10991 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10995 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10996 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10999 struct until_break_fsm
11001 /* The base class. */
11002 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11004 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11007 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11008 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11010 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11012 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11015 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11016 struct thread_info *thread);
11017 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11018 struct thread_info *thread);
11019 static enum async_reply_reason
11020 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11022 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11024 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11027 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11028 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11029 NULL, /* return_value */
11030 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11033 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11035 static struct until_break_fsm *
11036 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11037 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
11038 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
11040 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11042 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11043 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11045 sm->thread = thread;
11046 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint.release ();
11047 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint.release ();
11052 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11053 until(location)/advance commands. */
11056 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11057 struct thread_info *tp)
11059 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11061 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11062 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11063 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11064 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11065 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11066 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11071 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11072 until(location)/advance commands. */
11075 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11076 struct thread_info *thread)
11078 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11080 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11081 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11083 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11084 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11086 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11088 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11089 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11091 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11094 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11095 until(location)/advance commands. */
11097 static enum async_reply_reason
11098 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11100 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11104 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11106 struct frame_info *frame;
11107 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11108 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11109 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11110 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11112 struct thread_info *tp;
11113 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11115 clear_proceed_status (0);
11117 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11120 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11122 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11123 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11124 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11125 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11126 get_last_displayed_line ())
11127 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11128 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11130 if (sals.size () != 1)
11131 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11133 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11136 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11138 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11140 tp = inferior_thread ();
11141 thread = tp->global_num;
11143 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11145 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11146 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11147 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11150 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11151 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11152 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11153 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11155 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11158 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11159 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11161 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11162 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11164 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11165 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11166 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11167 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11172 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11173 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11176 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11179 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11181 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11182 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11183 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11184 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11186 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11187 only at the very same frame. */
11188 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11189 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11191 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11192 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11193 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11194 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11196 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11198 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11201 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11202 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11204 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11205 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11206 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11207 if clause in the arg string. */
11210 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11212 const char *cond_string;
11214 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11217 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11220 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11221 condition string. */
11222 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11223 cond_string = *arg;
11225 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11227 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11229 return cond_string;
11232 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11233 process start/exit, etc. */
11237 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11238 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11243 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11244 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11246 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11247 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11248 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11251 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11252 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11253 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11257 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11259 /* The allowed syntax is:
11261 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11263 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11264 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11266 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11267 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11269 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11270 and enable reporting of such events. */
11273 case catch_fork_temporary:
11274 case catch_fork_permanent:
11275 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11276 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11278 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11279 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11280 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11281 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11284 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11290 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11291 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11293 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11295 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11297 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11301 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11303 /* The allowed syntax is:
11305 catch exec if <cond>
11307 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11308 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11310 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11311 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11313 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11314 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11315 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11316 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11318 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11322 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11323 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11324 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11325 const char *addr_string,
11326 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11333 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11335 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11337 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11338 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11339 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11340 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11341 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11342 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11343 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11344 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11345 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11346 enough for now, though. */
11349 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11351 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11352 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11353 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11354 language_def (language_ada));
11355 b->language = language_ada;
11359 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11361 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11366 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11368 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11371 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11374 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11376 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11377 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11379 if (a->number < b->number)
11381 else if (a->number > b->number)
11384 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11388 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11391 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11394 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11396 struct breakpoint *b;
11399 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11400 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11401 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11405 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11406 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11407 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11409 sals = decoded_sals;
11413 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11414 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11415 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11416 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11417 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11418 error (_("No source file specified."));
11424 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11425 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11426 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11427 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11429 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11430 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11431 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11432 due to optimization, all in one block.
11434 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11435 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11436 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11437 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11438 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11439 to support that. */
11441 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11442 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11443 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11446 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11447 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11449 const char *sal_fullname;
11451 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11452 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11453 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11456 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11461 1 0 <can't happen> */
11463 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11464 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11466 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11470 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11471 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11473 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11474 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11476 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11477 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11478 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11480 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11481 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11482 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11483 || loc->section == sal.section));
11484 int line_match = 0;
11486 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11487 && loc->symtab != NULL
11488 && sal_fullname != NULL
11489 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11490 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11491 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11492 sal_fullname) == 0)
11495 if (pc_match || line_match)
11504 found.push_back (b);
11508 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11509 if (found.empty ())
11512 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11514 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11517 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11518 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11519 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11521 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) < 0;
11523 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11524 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11526 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) == 0;
11530 if (found.size () > 1)
11531 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11534 if (found.size () == 1)
11535 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11537 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11540 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11543 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11544 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11547 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11550 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11551 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11552 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11555 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11557 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11559 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11560 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11561 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11563 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11567 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11568 delete_breakpoint (b);
11572 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11573 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11574 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11575 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11576 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11577 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11580 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11582 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11583 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11585 if (a->address != b->address)
11586 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11588 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11589 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11592 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11593 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11594 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11596 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11597 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11598 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11600 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11601 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11602 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11604 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11605 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11606 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11608 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11611 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11612 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11613 content of the bp_locations array. */
11616 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11618 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11620 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11621 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11625 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11627 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11630 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11631 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11633 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11634 addr = bl->address - start;
11635 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11636 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11638 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11640 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11641 addr = end - bl->address;
11642 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11643 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11647 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11650 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11652 struct breakpoint *b;
11653 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11655 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11657 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11659 struct bp_location *bl;
11660 struct tracepoint *t;
11661 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11663 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11664 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11665 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11668 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11670 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11671 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11673 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11676 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11679 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11681 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11682 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11683 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11684 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11687 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11689 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11692 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11694 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11695 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11696 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11697 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11701 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11704 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11706 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11707 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11708 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11709 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11711 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11712 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11713 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11714 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11715 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11717 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11718 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11719 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11720 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11721 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11722 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11723 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11724 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11727 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11728 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11729 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11733 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11735 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11736 struct bp_location *loc;
11737 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11740 address = bl->address;
11741 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11743 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11744 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11745 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11747 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11748 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11751 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11752 the same program space as the location
11753 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11754 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11759 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11760 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11763 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11764 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11765 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11766 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11767 that have already been marked. */
11768 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11770 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11772 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11775 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11776 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11777 locations are duplicate of which.
11779 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11780 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11784 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11786 struct breakpoint *b;
11787 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11788 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11789 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11790 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11791 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11793 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11794 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11795 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11796 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11797 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11799 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11800 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11801 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11802 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11804 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11805 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11806 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11807 unsigned old_locations_count;
11808 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11810 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11811 bp_locations = NULL;
11812 bp_locations_count = 0;
11814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11815 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11816 bp_locations_count++;
11818 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11819 locp = bp_locations;
11820 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11821 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11823 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11824 bp_locations_compare);
11826 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11828 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11829 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11830 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11831 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11832 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11835 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11836 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11838 locp = bp_locations;
11839 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11840 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11843 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11844 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11846 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11847 not, we have to free it. */
11848 int found_object = 0;
11849 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11850 int keep_in_target = 0;
11853 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11854 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11855 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11856 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11860 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11861 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11864 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11865 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11866 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11868 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11869 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11870 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11872 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11873 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11876 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11880 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11881 have to go through updates again. */
11882 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11884 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11886 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11888 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11889 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11890 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11891 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11892 at certain location is not inserted. */
11894 if (old_loc->inserted)
11896 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11899 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11901 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11902 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11903 keep_in_target = 1;
11907 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11908 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11909 remove its target-side condition. */
11911 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11912 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11913 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11914 this one from the target. */
11916 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11917 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11920 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11921 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11924 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11926 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11928 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11929 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11930 supported, but the latter are. */
11931 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11933 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11934 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11937 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11938 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11940 if (loc2 != old_loc
11941 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11943 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11944 keep_in_target = 1;
11952 if (!keep_in_target)
11954 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11956 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11957 this location on the global list, and try to
11958 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11959 reason why we will succeed next time.
11961 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11962 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11963 only after calling us. */
11964 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11965 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11966 old_loc->owner->number);
11974 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11975 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11977 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11978 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11979 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11980 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11981 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11982 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11983 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11984 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11985 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11986 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11987 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11988 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11989 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11990 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11993 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11994 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11996 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11997 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11998 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11999 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12000 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12001 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12002 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12003 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12004 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12005 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12006 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12007 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12008 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12011 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12012 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12013 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12014 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12016 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12017 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12018 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12019 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12020 traps we can no longer explain. */
12022 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12023 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12025 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12029 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12030 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12035 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12036 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12037 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12038 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12039 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12040 are sorted first for the same address.
12042 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12043 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12045 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12046 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12047 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12048 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12051 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12053 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12056 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12057 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12058 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12059 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12060 `struct bp_location'. */
12061 || is_tracepoint (b))
12063 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12064 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12068 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12069 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12070 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12071 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12072 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12073 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12075 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12077 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12078 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12079 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12081 *loc_first_p = loc;
12082 loc->duplicate = 0;
12084 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12086 loc->needs_update = 1;
12087 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12088 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12094 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12095 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12096 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12098 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12099 loc->duplicate = 1;
12101 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12102 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12105 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12107 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12108 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12111 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12112 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12113 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12114 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12115 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12117 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12121 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12122 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12126 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12128 struct bp_location *loc;
12131 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12132 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12134 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12135 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12141 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12146 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12148 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12154 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12157 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12161 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12162 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12164 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12165 bs->old_val = NULL;
12166 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12170 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12172 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12174 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12176 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12180 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12184 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12186 struct value_print_options opts;
12188 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12190 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12192 if (b->loc == NULL)
12194 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12195 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12196 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12197 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12199 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12200 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12202 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12204 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12205 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12210 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12211 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12217 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12219 printf_filtered (" at ");
12220 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12223 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12225 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12227 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12228 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12229 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12230 b->loc->line_number);
12232 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12233 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12234 real situation somewhat. */
12235 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12236 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12241 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12243 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12245 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12250 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12253 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12255 xfree (self->function_name);
12258 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12263 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12265 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12267 xfree (this->cond_string);
12268 xfree (this->extra_string);
12269 xfree (this->filter);
12272 static struct bp_location *
12273 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12275 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops, self);
12279 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12281 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12284 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12285 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12288 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12290 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12294 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12295 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12297 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12301 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12302 const address_space *aspace,
12304 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12306 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12310 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12315 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12319 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12321 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12324 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12328 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12330 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12333 static enum print_stop_action
12334 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12336 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12340 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12341 struct ui_out *uiout)
12347 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12349 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12353 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12355 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12359 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12360 (const struct event_location *location,
12361 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12362 enum bptype type_wanted)
12364 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12368 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12369 struct linespec_result *c,
12370 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12371 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12372 enum bptype type_wanted,
12373 enum bpdisp disposition,
12375 int task, int ignore_count,
12376 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12377 int from_tty, int enabled,
12378 int internal, unsigned flags)
12380 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12383 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12384 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12385 const struct event_location *location,
12386 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12388 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12391 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12394 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12399 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12402 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12404 /* Nothing to do. */
12407 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12409 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12410 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12411 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12412 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12413 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12414 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12415 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12416 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12417 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12419 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12420 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12421 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12422 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12423 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12424 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12425 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12426 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12429 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12432 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12434 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12435 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12437 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12438 delete_breakpoint (b);
12442 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12446 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12448 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12450 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12451 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12453 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12454 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12456 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12460 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12462 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12463 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12465 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12469 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12470 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12471 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12473 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12474 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12477 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12481 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12482 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12483 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12490 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12491 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12492 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12494 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12495 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12497 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12498 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12499 be set at the same address. */
12503 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12507 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12509 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12514 static enum print_stop_action
12515 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12517 struct breakpoint *b;
12518 const struct bp_location *bl;
12520 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12522 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12524 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12525 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12527 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12528 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12529 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12532 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12533 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12536 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12538 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12539 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12541 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12543 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12545 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12546 uiout->text (", ");
12548 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12552 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12554 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12559 case bp_breakpoint:
12560 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12561 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12562 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12564 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12565 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12566 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12567 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12569 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12570 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12573 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12581 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12583 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12585 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12586 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12587 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12588 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12589 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12590 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12591 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12593 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12594 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12597 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12599 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12600 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12601 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12604 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12608 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12609 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12610 enum bptype type_wanted)
12612 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12616 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12617 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12618 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12619 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12620 enum bptype type_wanted,
12621 enum bpdisp disposition,
12623 int task, int ignore_count,
12624 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12625 int from_tty, int enabled,
12626 int internal, unsigned flags)
12628 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12629 std::move (cond_string),
12630 std::move (extra_string),
12632 disposition, thread, task,
12633 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12634 enabled, internal, flags);
12637 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12638 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12639 const struct event_location *location,
12640 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12642 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12645 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12648 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12652 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12653 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12654 case bp_overlay_event:
12655 case bp_longjmp_master:
12656 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12657 case bp_exception_master:
12658 delete_breakpoint (b);
12661 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12662 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12663 case bp_shlib_event:
12665 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12666 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12667 case bp_thread_event:
12673 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12675 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12677 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12678 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12679 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12680 objects (among other things). */
12681 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12682 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12688 static enum print_stop_action
12689 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12691 struct breakpoint *b;
12693 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12697 case bp_shlib_event:
12698 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12699 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12700 to shlib event" message.) */
12701 print_solib_event (0);
12704 case bp_thread_event:
12705 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12706 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12707 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12710 case bp_overlay_event:
12711 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12712 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12715 case bp_longjmp_master:
12716 /* These should never be enabled. */
12717 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12720 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12721 /* These should never be enabled. */
12722 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12723 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12726 case bp_exception_master:
12727 /* These should never be enabled. */
12728 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12729 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12733 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12737 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12739 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12742 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12745 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12747 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12748 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12749 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12750 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12754 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12756 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12759 static enum print_stop_action
12760 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12762 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12766 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12768 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12771 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12773 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12774 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12776 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12778 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12781 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12784 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12787 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12789 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12793 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12795 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12802 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12803 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12805 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12806 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12808 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12812 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12813 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12814 enum bptype type_wanted)
12816 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12818 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12820 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12821 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12824 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12825 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12826 const struct event_location *location,
12827 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12829 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12831 error (_("probe not found"));
12835 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12838 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12840 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12844 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12845 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12846 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12848 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12854 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12855 struct ui_out *uiout)
12857 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12858 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12860 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12862 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12863 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12864 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12865 uiout->text ("\n");
12870 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12872 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12877 case bp_tracepoint:
12878 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12879 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12881 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12882 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12883 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12885 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12886 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12887 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12890 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12891 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12898 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12900 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12902 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12904 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12905 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12906 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12907 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12909 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12910 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12913 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12914 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12916 if (tp->pass_count)
12917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12921 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12922 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12923 enum bptype type_wanted)
12925 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12929 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12930 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12931 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12932 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12933 enum bptype type_wanted,
12934 enum bpdisp disposition,
12936 int task, int ignore_count,
12937 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12938 int from_tty, int enabled,
12939 int internal, unsigned flags)
12941 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12942 std::move (cond_string),
12943 std::move (extra_string),
12945 disposition, thread, task,
12946 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12947 enabled, internal, flags);
12950 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12951 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12952 const struct event_location *location,
12953 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12955 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12958 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12960 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12964 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12965 (const struct event_location *location,
12966 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12967 enum bptype type_wanted)
12969 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12970 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12973 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12974 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12975 const struct event_location *location,
12976 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12978 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12979 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12982 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12984 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12987 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12989 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12991 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12992 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12994 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12995 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12996 3 - disconnect from target 1
12997 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12999 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13000 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13001 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13002 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13003 it all the time. */
13004 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13005 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13008 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13011 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13013 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13014 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
13016 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13019 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13022 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13023 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13024 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13025 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13026 address are all handled. */
13029 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13031 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
13032 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13034 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13035 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13036 condition not be evaluated. */
13039 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13040 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13041 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13042 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13043 commands here throws. */
13044 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13045 bs->commands = NULL;
13047 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13049 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13050 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13054 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13058 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13059 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13060 enum bptype type_wanted)
13062 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13063 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13065 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13066 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13068 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13069 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
13070 canonical->location
13071 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
13074 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
13075 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
13079 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13080 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13081 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13082 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13083 enum bptype type_wanted,
13084 enum bpdisp disposition,
13086 int task, int ignore_count,
13087 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13088 int from_tty, int enabled,
13089 int internal, unsigned flags)
13091 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13093 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13094 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13095 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13096 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13097 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13098 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13100 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13102 event_location_up location
13103 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13105 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13106 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13107 std::move (location), NULL,
13108 std::move (cond_string),
13109 std::move (extra_string),
13110 type_wanted, disposition,
13111 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13112 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13113 canonical->special_display);
13114 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13115 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13116 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13117 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13118 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13119 corresponds to this one */
13120 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13122 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13126 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13127 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13128 const struct event_location *location,
13129 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13131 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13132 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13134 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13135 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13137 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13142 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13145 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13148 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13150 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13153 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13157 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13159 struct breakpoint *b;
13161 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13163 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13164 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13167 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13168 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13169 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13170 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13171 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13174 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13175 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13176 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13177 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13179 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13182 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13183 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13184 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13186 struct breakpoint *related;
13187 struct watchpoint *w;
13189 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13190 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13191 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13192 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13196 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13198 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13199 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13200 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13201 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13202 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13205 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13206 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13207 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13208 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13210 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13212 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13213 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13216 if (b->next == bpt)
13218 b->next = bpt->next;
13222 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13224 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13225 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13226 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13227 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13228 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13229 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13230 commands won't work. */
13232 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13234 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13235 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13236 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13237 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13238 might be better design to have location completely
13239 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13240 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13242 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13243 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13244 bpt->type = bp_none;
13248 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13249 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13252 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13253 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13255 struct breakpoint *related;
13260 struct breakpoint *next;
13262 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13263 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13265 if (next == related)
13267 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13268 function (related);
13270 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13271 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13276 function (related);
13280 while (related != b);
13284 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13286 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13292 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13294 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13295 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13296 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13298 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13300 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13304 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13306 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13309 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13310 delete_breakpoint (b);
13314 map_breakpoint_numbers
13315 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
13317 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
13321 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13322 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13326 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13328 struct bp_location *loc;
13330 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13331 if ((pspace == NULL
13332 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13333 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13334 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13339 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13340 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13341 Null names are ignored. */
13344 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13346 struct bp_location *l;
13347 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13350 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13353 const char *name = l->function_name;
13355 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13359 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13361 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13365 htab_delete (htab);
13371 htab_delete (htab);
13375 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13376 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13377 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13378 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13379 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13380 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13381 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13382 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13385 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13386 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13387 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13388 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13389 in the sources, and output a warning.
13391 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13392 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13393 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13394 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13395 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13398 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13399 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13400 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13401 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13402 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13403 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13404 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13405 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13406 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13408 static struct symtab_and_line
13409 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13411 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13412 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13417 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13419 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13421 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13422 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13423 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13424 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13426 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13431 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13433 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13435 && sal.symtab != NULL
13436 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13438 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13439 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13440 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13442 if (!markers.empty ())
13444 struct symbol *sym;
13445 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13446 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13447 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13449 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13451 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13453 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13454 "found at previous line number"),
13455 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13457 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13458 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13459 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13462 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13463 uiout->text (" at ");
13465 uiout->field_string ("file",
13466 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13469 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13471 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13473 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13476 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13477 uiout->text ("\n");
13479 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13480 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13482 b->location.reset (NULL);
13483 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13484 explicit_loc.source_filename
13485 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13486 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13487 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13488 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13490 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13497 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13498 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13501 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13505 if (a->address != b->address)
13508 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13511 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13518 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13524 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13525 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13526 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13528 static struct bp_location *
13529 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13531 struct bp_location head;
13532 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13533 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13534 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13536 if (pspace == NULL)
13547 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13562 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13563 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13564 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13565 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13569 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13570 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13571 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13572 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13574 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13576 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13578 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13580 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13581 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13582 "multiple locations found\n"),
13587 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13588 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13589 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13590 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13591 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13592 individual locations. */
13593 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13596 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13598 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13600 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13602 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13604 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13606 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13608 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13612 s = b->cond_string;
13615 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13616 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13619 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13621 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13622 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13623 b->number, e.message);
13624 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13629 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13631 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13633 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13637 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13640 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13641 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13642 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13643 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13644 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13645 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13646 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13648 for (; e; e = e->next)
13650 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13652 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13653 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13655 for (; l; l = l->next)
13656 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13664 for (; l; l = l->next)
13665 if (l->function_name
13666 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13676 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13677 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13680 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13681 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13683 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13684 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13685 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13687 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13689 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13691 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13695 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13697 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13699 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13703 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13704 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13705 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13706 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13707 state, then user already saw the message about that
13708 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13710 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13711 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13713 && search_pspace != NULL
13714 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13715 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13716 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13717 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13718 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13720 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13722 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13723 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13724 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13725 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13726 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13727 which approach is better. */
13728 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13729 throw_exception (e);
13734 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13736 for (auto &sal : sals)
13737 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13738 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13740 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13743 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13744 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13746 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13748 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13749 b->thread = thread;
13753 xfree (b->extra_string);
13754 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13756 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13759 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13760 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13770 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13771 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13775 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13777 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13778 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13781 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13782 filter_pspace, &found);
13784 expanded = std::move (sals);
13786 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13788 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13789 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13790 filter_pspace, &found);
13792 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13795 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13798 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13799 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13802 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13803 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13804 enum bptype type_wanted)
13806 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13809 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13810 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13814 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13815 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13816 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13817 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13818 enum bptype type_wanted,
13819 enum bpdisp disposition,
13821 int task, int ignore_count,
13822 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13823 int from_tty, int enabled,
13824 int internal, unsigned flags)
13826 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13827 std::move (cond_string),
13828 std::move (extra_string),
13829 type_wanted, disposition,
13830 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13831 enabled, internal, flags);
13834 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13835 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13837 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13838 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13839 const struct event_location *location,
13840 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13842 struct linespec_result canonical;
13844 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13845 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13846 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13849 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13850 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13852 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13854 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13855 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13860 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13863 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13865 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13866 set_language (b->language);
13868 b->ops->re_set (b);
13871 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13872 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13875 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13877 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13880 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13881 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13882 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13884 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13885 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13886 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13887 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13889 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13893 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13895 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13897 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13898 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13904 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13907 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13908 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13909 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13910 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13912 /* Now we can insert. */
13913 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13916 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13918 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13919 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13921 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13923 if (b->thread != -1)
13925 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13926 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13928 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13929 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13930 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13932 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13936 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13937 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13938 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13941 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13943 struct breakpoint *b;
13948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13949 if (b->number == bptnum)
13951 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13953 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13954 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13959 b->ignore_count = count;
13963 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13964 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13966 else if (count == 1)
13967 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13970 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13971 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13974 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13978 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13981 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13984 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13986 const char *p = args;
13990 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13992 num = get_number (&p);
13994 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13996 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13998 set_ignore_count (num,
13999 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14002 printf_filtered ("\n");
14006 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14007 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14010 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
14011 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14013 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
14015 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14016 bp_num_range.first);
14020 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14022 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
14024 bool match = false;
14026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14027 if (b->number == i)
14034 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
14039 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14043 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14044 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14046 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14047 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14049 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14051 while (!parser.finished ())
14053 int num = parser.get_number ();
14054 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
14058 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14059 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14061 static struct bp_location *
14062 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
14064 struct breakpoint *b;
14066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14067 if (b->number == bp_num)
14072 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14073 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14076 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14079 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14080 if (++n == loc_num)
14083 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14086 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14087 enum class extract_bp_kind
14089 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14092 /* Extracting a location number. */
14096 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14097 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14098 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14099 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14100 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14103 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14104 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14106 const char *end = start;
14107 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14109 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14110 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14111 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14112 int (end - start), start);
14114 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14115 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14116 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14117 int (end - start), start);
14119 if (end_out != NULL)
14124 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14125 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14126 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14127 are always positive integers. */
14129 static std::pair<int, int>
14130 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14131 const std::string &arg,
14132 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14134 std::pair<int, int> range;
14135 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14136 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14137 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14139 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14140 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14141 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14142 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14143 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14147 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14148 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14149 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14150 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14152 if (range.first > range.second)
14153 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14154 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14155 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14156 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14160 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14161 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14162 range.second = range.first;
14167 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14168 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14171 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14173 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14174 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14175 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14176 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14177 location number range.
14181 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14182 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14183 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14185 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14187 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14189 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14191 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14192 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14195 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14196 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14198 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14203 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14205 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14206 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14207 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14211 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14212 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14215 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14217 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14220 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14222 loc->enabled = enable;
14223 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14225 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14226 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14227 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14228 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14230 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14233 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14234 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14235 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14236 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14240 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14241 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14244 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14245 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14248 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14249 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14250 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14253 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14255 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14256 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14257 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14258 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14261 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14263 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14264 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14266 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14267 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14269 struct bp_location *location;
14271 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14272 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14275 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14277 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14280 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14281 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14282 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14283 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14286 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14290 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14293 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14296 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14298 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14303 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14305 while (!num.empty ())
14307 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14309 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14311 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14312 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14314 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14315 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14317 ? enable_breakpoint
14318 : disable_breakpoint);
14322 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14324 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14325 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14327 num = extract_arg (&args);
14332 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14333 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14334 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14335 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14338 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14340 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14344 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14347 int target_resources_ok;
14349 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14352 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14353 target_resources_ok =
14354 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14356 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14357 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14358 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14359 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14362 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14364 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14365 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14369 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14371 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14372 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14373 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14375 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14377 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14378 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14385 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14387 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14388 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14390 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14391 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14393 struct bp_location *location;
14395 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14396 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14399 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14400 bpt->enable_count = count;
14401 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14403 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14408 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14410 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14413 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14414 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14415 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14416 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14419 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14421 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14425 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14427 map_breakpoint_numbers
14428 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14430 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14431 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14433 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14439 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14444 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14446 count = get_number (&args);
14448 map_breakpoint_numbers
14449 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14451 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14452 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14454 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14460 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14462 map_breakpoint_numbers
14463 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14465 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14466 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14468 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14474 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14479 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14483 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14484 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14488 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14489 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14490 const bfd_byte *data)
14492 struct breakpoint *bp;
14494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14495 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14496 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14498 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14500 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14502 struct bp_location *loc;
14504 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14505 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14506 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14507 && addr + len > loc->address)
14516 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14519 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14520 const address_space *aspace,
14523 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14524 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14525 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14527 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14529 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14530 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14533 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14535 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14536 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14537 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14539 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14542 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14545 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14547 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14548 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14550 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14552 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14554 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14555 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14557 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14558 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14566 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14569 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14570 const address_space *aspace,
14573 struct bp_location *loc;
14575 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14577 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14583 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14587 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14590 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14594 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14595 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14601 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14603 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14605 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14607 tracepoint_count = num;
14608 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14612 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14614 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14616 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14618 if (location != NULL
14619 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14620 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14622 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14624 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14626 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14628 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14629 0 /* Ignore count */,
14630 pending_break_support,
14634 0 /* internal */, 0);
14638 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14640 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14642 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14644 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14646 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14647 0 /* Ignore count */,
14648 pending_break_support,
14649 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14652 0 /* internal */, 0);
14655 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14658 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14660 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14661 event_location_up location;
14663 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14664 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14665 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14667 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14668 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14672 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14673 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14676 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14678 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14680 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14681 0 /* Ignore count */,
14682 pending_break_support,
14686 0 /* internal */, 0);
14689 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14690 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14692 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14693 static int next_cmd;
14696 read_uploaded_action (void)
14698 char *rslt = nullptr;
14700 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14702 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd];
14709 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14710 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14711 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14712 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14713 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14715 struct tracepoint *
14716 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14718 const char *addr_str;
14719 char small_buf[100];
14720 struct tracepoint *tp;
14722 if (utp->at_string)
14723 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14726 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14727 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14728 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14730 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14731 "source location, using raw address"),
14733 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14734 addr_str = small_buf;
14737 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14738 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14739 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14740 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14743 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14745 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14747 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
14748 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14750 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14751 0 /* Ignore count */,
14752 pending_break_support,
14753 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14755 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14757 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14760 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14761 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14762 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14766 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14769 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14772 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14773 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14774 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14776 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14778 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14783 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14785 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14787 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14788 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14789 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14790 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14793 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14794 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14795 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14800 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14804 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14806 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14809 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14811 if (num_printed == 0)
14813 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14814 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14816 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14819 default_collect_info ();
14822 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14823 Not supported by all targets. */
14825 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14827 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14830 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14831 Not supported by all targets. */
14833 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14835 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14838 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14840 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14842 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14848 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14850 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14851 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14852 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14854 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14855 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14857 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14861 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14863 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14866 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14867 delete_breakpoint (b);
14871 map_breakpoint_numbers
14872 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14874 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
14878 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14881 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14883 tp->pass_count = count;
14884 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14886 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14887 tp->number, count);
14890 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14892 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14893 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14894 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14897 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14899 struct tracepoint *t1;
14902 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14903 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14904 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14906 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14908 args = skip_spaces (args);
14909 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14911 struct breakpoint *b;
14913 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14915 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14917 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14919 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14920 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14923 else if (*args == '\0')
14925 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14927 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14931 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14932 while (!parser.finished ())
14934 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14936 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14941 struct tracepoint *
14942 get_tracepoint (int num)
14944 struct breakpoint *t;
14946 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14947 if (t->number == num)
14948 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14953 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14954 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14957 struct tracepoint *
14958 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14960 struct breakpoint *b;
14962 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14964 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14966 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14973 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14974 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14975 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14976 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14978 struct tracepoint *
14979 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14980 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14982 struct breakpoint *t;
14984 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14986 if (parser != NULL)
14988 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14989 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14991 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14992 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14994 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14998 if (instring && *instring)
14999 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15002 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15006 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15007 if (t->number == tpnum)
15009 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15012 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15017 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15019 if (b->thread != -1)
15020 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15023 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15025 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15028 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15029 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15030 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15034 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
15035 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15037 struct breakpoint *tp;
15039 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15041 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15042 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15044 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15047 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15048 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15051 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15052 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15057 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15059 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15061 /* We can stop searching. */
15068 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15072 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15076 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15077 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15078 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15080 if (extra_trace_bits)
15081 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15085 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15086 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15089 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15090 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15093 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15095 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15096 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15099 if (tp->cond_string)
15100 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15102 if (tp->ignore_count)
15103 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15105 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15107 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15109 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15112 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15114 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15116 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15117 throw_exception (ex);
15121 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15122 fp.puts (" end\n");
15125 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15126 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15128 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15129 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15130 special, and not user visible. */
15131 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15133 struct bp_location *loc;
15136 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15138 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15142 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15143 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15146 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15149 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15152 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15154 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15157 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15160 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15162 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15165 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15167 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15168 all_tracepoints (void)
15170 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15171 struct breakpoint *tp;
15173 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15175 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15182 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15183 locations used by several commands. */
15185 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15186 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15187 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15188 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15189 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15190 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15192 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15193 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15194 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15196 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15197 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15198 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15199 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15200 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15202 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15203 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15204 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15205 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15206 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15207 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15209 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15210 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15211 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15214 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15215 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15216 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15217 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15218 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15219 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15220 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15223 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15224 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15226 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15227 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15228 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15229 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15230 conditions are different.\n\
15232 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15234 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15235 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15237 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15238 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15241 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15242 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15243 completer_ftype *completer,
15244 void *user_data_catch,
15245 void *user_data_tcatch)
15247 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15249 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15251 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15252 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15253 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15255 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15257 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15258 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15259 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15263 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15265 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15266 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15267 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15270 struct breakpoint *
15271 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15274 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15278 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15285 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15286 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15289 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15291 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15292 non-inline function. */
15293 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15299 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15300 have been inlined. */
15303 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15304 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15306 struct breakpoint *b;
15307 struct bp_location *bl;
15309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15311 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15314 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15316 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15317 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15325 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15328 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15330 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15332 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15333 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15334 loc->symtab = NULL;
15338 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15340 static int initialized = 0;
15342 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15348 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15349 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15350 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15351 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15352 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15353 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15354 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15355 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15356 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15357 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15358 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15359 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15361 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15362 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15363 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15364 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15365 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15366 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15367 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15368 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15370 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15371 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15372 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15373 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15374 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15375 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15376 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15377 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15378 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15379 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15381 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15382 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15383 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15384 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15385 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15386 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15387 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15389 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15390 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15391 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15392 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15393 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15394 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15395 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15397 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15398 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15399 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15400 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15401 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15402 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15403 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15406 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15407 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15408 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15409 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15410 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15411 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15412 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15413 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15414 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15415 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15416 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15417 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15418 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15420 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15421 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15422 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15423 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15424 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15425 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15426 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15427 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15428 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15429 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15430 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15433 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15434 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15435 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15436 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15437 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15438 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15439 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15440 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15441 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15442 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15444 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15445 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15446 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15447 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15448 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15450 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15451 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15452 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15453 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15454 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15455 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15457 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15458 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15459 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15460 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15461 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15462 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15463 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15464 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15465 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15466 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15468 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15469 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15470 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15471 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15472 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15473 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15474 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15475 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15476 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15477 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15479 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15480 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15481 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15482 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15483 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15484 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15485 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15486 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15487 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15488 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15490 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15491 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15492 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15493 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15494 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15495 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15496 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15497 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15498 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15499 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15500 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15502 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15503 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15504 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15505 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15506 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15507 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15508 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15509 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15510 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15513 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15515 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15518 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15520 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15522 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15524 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15525 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15526 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15528 breakpoint_objfile_key
15529 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15531 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15532 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15533 before a breakpoint is set. */
15534 breakpoint_count = 0;
15536 tracepoint_count = 0;
15538 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15539 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15540 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15542 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15543 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15544 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15545 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15547 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15548 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15549 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15550 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15551 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15553 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15554 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15555 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15556 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15557 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15559 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15560 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15561 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15562 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15563 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15565 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15566 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15568 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15569 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15570 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15571 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15573 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15574 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15576 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15577 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15578 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15579 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15581 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15582 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15584 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15585 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15586 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15587 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15588 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15589 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15590 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15592 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15594 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15595 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15596 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15597 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15598 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15599 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15601 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15602 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15603 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15606 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15607 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15608 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15611 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15612 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15613 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15614 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15617 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15618 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15619 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15622 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15623 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15624 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15627 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15628 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15629 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15630 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15633 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15634 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15635 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15636 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15637 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15638 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15639 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15640 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15642 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15643 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15644 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15645 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15646 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15647 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15650 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15651 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15652 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15653 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15655 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15656 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15657 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15658 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15659 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15661 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15662 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15663 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15664 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15665 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15668 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15669 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15670 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15672 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15673 is executing in.\n"
15674 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15675 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15676 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15678 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15679 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15680 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15681 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15683 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15684 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15685 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15686 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15690 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15691 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15692 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15693 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15694 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15695 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15696 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15697 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15698 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15699 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15700 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15701 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15702 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15703 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15704 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15705 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15707 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15708 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15709 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15710 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15711 breakpoint set."));
15714 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15715 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15716 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15717 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15718 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15719 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15720 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15721 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15722 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15724 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15725 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15726 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15727 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15728 breakpoint set."));
15730 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15732 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15733 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15734 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15735 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15736 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15737 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15738 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15739 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15740 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15741 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15742 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15743 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15744 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15746 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15747 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15748 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15749 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15751 &maintenanceinfolist);
15753 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15754 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15755 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15756 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15758 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15759 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15760 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15761 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15763 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15764 catch_fork_command_1,
15766 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15767 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15768 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15769 catch_fork_command_1,
15771 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15772 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15773 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15774 catch_exec_command_1,
15778 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15779 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15780 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15781 catch_load_command_1,
15785 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15786 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15787 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15788 catch_unload_command_1,
15793 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15794 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15795 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15796 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15797 an expression changes.\n\
15798 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15799 the memory to which it refers."));
15800 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15802 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15803 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15804 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15805 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15806 an expression is read.\n\
15807 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15808 the memory to which it refers."));
15809 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15811 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15812 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15813 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15814 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15815 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15816 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15817 the memory to which it refers."));
15818 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15820 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15821 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15823 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15824 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15825 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15826 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15827 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15828 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15829 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15830 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15831 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15834 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15835 &setlist, &showlist);
15837 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15839 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15841 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15842 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15844 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15845 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15846 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15848 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15849 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15850 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15851 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15853 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15854 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15856 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15857 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15858 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15860 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15861 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15863 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15864 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15865 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15866 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15867 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15868 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15869 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15870 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15871 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15873 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15874 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15875 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15876 conditions are different.\n\
15878 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15879 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15880 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15882 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15883 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15884 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15885 last tracepoint set."));
15887 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15889 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15890 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15891 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15892 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15894 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15896 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15897 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15898 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15899 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15901 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15903 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15904 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15905 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15906 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15908 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15910 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15911 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15912 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15913 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15914 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15916 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15917 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15918 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15919 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15921 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15922 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15923 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15924 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15925 session to restore them."),
15927 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15929 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15930 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15931 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15933 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15935 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15936 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15938 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15939 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15940 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15941 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15942 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15943 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15944 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15945 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15946 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15947 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15948 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15949 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15951 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15952 &pending_break_support, _("\
15953 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15954 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15955 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15956 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15957 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15958 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15960 show_pending_break_support,
15961 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15962 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15964 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15966 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15967 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15968 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15969 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15970 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15971 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15972 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15974 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15975 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15976 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15978 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15979 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15980 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15981 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15982 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15983 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15984 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15985 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15986 when execution stops."),
15988 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15989 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15990 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15992 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15993 condition_evaluation_enums,
15994 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15995 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15996 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15997 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15998 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15999 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16000 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16001 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16002 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16003 be set to \"gdb\""),
16004 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16005 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16006 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16007 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16009 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16010 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16011 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16012 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16013 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16014 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16015 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16016 or the start of the range\n\
16017 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16018 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16019 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16021 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16022 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16023 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16025 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16026 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16027 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16028 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16029 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16030 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16032 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16033 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16034 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16035 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16036 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16037 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16038 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16039 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16040 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16041 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16042 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16043 &setlist, &showlist);
16045 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16046 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16047 &dprintf_function, _("\
16048 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16049 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16050 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16051 &setlist, &showlist);
16053 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16054 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16055 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16056 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16057 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16058 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16059 &setlist, &showlist);
16061 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16062 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16063 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16064 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16065 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16066 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16069 &setlist, &showlist);
16071 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16072 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16073 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16075 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16077 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16078 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);